1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
22 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
26 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
27 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
53 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H) */
64 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
65 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
68 #include "character.h"
71 #include "dispextern.h"
73 #include "termhooks.h"
76 #include "emacs-icon.h"
81 #include "intervals.h"
87 #include "xsettings.h"
89 #include "sysselect.h"
92 #include <X11/Shell.h>
95 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
107 extern int xlwmenu_window_p (Widget w
, Window window
);
108 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay (Widget
);
111 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
113 extern void free_frame_menubar (struct frame
*);
117 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
148 #ifndef XtNinitialState
149 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
153 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
157 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
162 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
164 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
166 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
169 static int any_help_event_p
;
171 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
172 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
174 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
176 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
178 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
180 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
182 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
185 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
187 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
188 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
189 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
190 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
192 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
194 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
195 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
196 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
197 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
199 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
201 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
203 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
205 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
210 } pending_event_wait
;
213 /* The application context for Xt use. */
214 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
215 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
216 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
218 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
220 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
222 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
223 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
225 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
227 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
228 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
229 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
231 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
235 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
236 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
237 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
238 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
240 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
242 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
243 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
244 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
245 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
246 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
247 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
248 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
249 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
250 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
253 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
255 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
256 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
257 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
259 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
261 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
262 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
265 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
266 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
269 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
271 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
272 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
273 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
274 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
275 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
276 it's somewhat accurate. */
278 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
280 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
282 static Time last_user_time
;
284 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
288 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
290 static int input_signal_count
;
293 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
295 static int x_noop_count
;
297 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
299 extern char **initial_argv
;
300 extern int initial_argc
;
302 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
304 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
306 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
308 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
310 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
312 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
314 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
316 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
317 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
318 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
320 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
321 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
324 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
325 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
327 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
328 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
331 /* Used in x_flush. */
333 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
335 extern XrmDatabase
x_load_resources (Display
*, char *, char *, char *);
336 extern int x_bitmap_mask (FRAME_PTR
, int);
338 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
339 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
340 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
341 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
343 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
344 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
345 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
346 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
347 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
348 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
349 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
350 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
351 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
352 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
353 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
354 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
355 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
356 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
357 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
358 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
359 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
360 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
361 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
362 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
364 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
365 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
366 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
367 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
368 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
369 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
370 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
371 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
372 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
374 static void x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
375 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
376 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
377 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
378 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
379 int *, struct input_event
*);
380 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
381 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
382 static SIGTYPE
x_connection_closed (Display
*, char *);
385 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
391 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
392 connection may be broken. */
393 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
399 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
400 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
401 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
402 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
404 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
405 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
410 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
411 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
412 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
413 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
414 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
417 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
420 /***********************************************************************
422 ***********************************************************************/
426 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
427 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
435 struct record event_record
[100];
437 int event_record_index
;
439 record_event (locus
, type
)
443 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
444 event_record_index
= 0;
446 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
447 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
448 event_record_index
++;
455 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
457 struct x_display_info
*
458 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
461 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
463 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
464 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
470 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
471 #define OPACITY "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY"
474 x_set_frame_alpha (f
)
477 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
478 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
479 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
481 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
484 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
485 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
486 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
487 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT(f
)->parent_desc
;
489 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
494 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
495 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
496 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
497 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
501 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
503 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
506 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
508 /* return unless necessary */
513 unsigned long n
, left
;
515 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
516 rc
= XGetWindowProperty(dpy
, win
, XInternAtom(dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
517 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
518 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
521 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
522 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
524 XFree ((void *) data
);
529 XFree ((void *) data
);
533 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
534 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom (dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
535 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
536 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
541 x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
)
542 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
544 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
548 x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
)
549 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
551 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
555 /***********************************************************************
556 Starting and ending an update
557 ***********************************************************************/
559 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
560 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
561 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
562 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
563 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
573 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
574 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
578 x_update_window_begin (w
)
581 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
582 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
585 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
589 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
591 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
592 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
594 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
596 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
597 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
604 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
607 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
611 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
614 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
616 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
619 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
620 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
623 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
625 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
626 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
628 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
629 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
630 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
632 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
633 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
637 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
639 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
641 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
643 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
648 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
650 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
652 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
653 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
658 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
659 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
660 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
662 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
663 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
664 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
667 updated_window
= NULL
;
671 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
678 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
679 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
683 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
689 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
690 complete update has been performed. The global variable
691 updated_window is not available here. */
694 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
699 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
701 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
702 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
705 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
706 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
707 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
708 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
709 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
716 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
717 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
718 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
719 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
720 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
721 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
724 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
725 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
727 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
733 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
734 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
736 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
737 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
738 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
739 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
740 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
741 overhead is very small. */
742 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
743 && desired_row
->full_width_p
744 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
745 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
747 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
750 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
753 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
754 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
755 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
756 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
757 y
, width
, height
, False
);
763 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
765 struct glyph_row
*row
;
766 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
768 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
769 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
770 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
771 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
772 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
775 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
776 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
779 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
782 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
783 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
784 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
785 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
787 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
790 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
794 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
796 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
797 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
798 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
799 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
801 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
803 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
805 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
806 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
807 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
808 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
809 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
810 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
811 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
812 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
814 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
818 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
819 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
820 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
824 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
825 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
826 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
827 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
831 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
833 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
834 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
836 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
841 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
843 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
844 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
846 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
847 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
852 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
853 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
856 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
862 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
863 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
867 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
869 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
871 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
873 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
875 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
876 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
878 face
->background
, depth
);
882 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
883 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
886 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
887 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
888 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
889 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
892 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
893 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
894 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
898 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
899 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
900 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
904 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
909 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
910 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
911 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
915 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
919 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
920 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
923 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
928 /***********************************************************************
930 ***********************************************************************/
934 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
935 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
936 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
938 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
939 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
940 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
941 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
942 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
943 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
944 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
945 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
946 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
947 unsigned long *, double, int);
948 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
949 double, int, unsigned long);
950 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
951 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
952 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
953 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
954 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
955 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
957 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
958 int, int, int, int, int, int,
960 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
961 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
964 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
968 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
973 struct glyph_string
*s
;
975 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
976 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
977 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
979 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
982 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
986 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
987 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
989 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
990 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
991 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
992 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
993 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
994 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
995 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
997 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
998 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
999 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1001 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1002 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1005 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1006 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1007 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1009 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1010 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1013 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1014 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1016 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1021 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1024 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1025 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1030 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1031 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1032 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1034 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1036 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1037 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1039 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1040 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1041 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1043 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1044 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1047 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1052 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1053 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1054 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1055 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1057 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1058 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1061 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1062 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1064 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1067 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1071 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1072 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1073 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1076 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1077 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1079 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1083 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1084 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1088 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1089 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1091 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1093 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1095 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1096 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1098 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1100 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1101 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1103 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1105 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1108 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1110 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1111 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1113 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1114 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1116 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1117 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1121 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1122 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1125 /* GC must have been set. */
1126 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1130 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1131 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1134 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1135 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1137 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1138 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1141 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1146 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1147 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1151 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1152 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1157 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1159 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1162 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1167 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1170 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1171 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1174 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1175 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1177 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1179 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1181 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1182 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1185 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1186 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1187 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1191 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1193 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1195 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1196 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1197 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1201 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1202 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1207 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1210 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1211 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1215 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1216 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1217 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1218 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1222 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1223 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1224 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1225 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1226 contains the first component of a composition. */
1229 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1230 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1233 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1234 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1235 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1237 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1241 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1242 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1243 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1244 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1245 s
->background_width
,
1246 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1247 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1248 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1250 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1251 || s
->font_not_found_p
1252 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1255 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1256 s
->background_width
,
1257 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1258 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1264 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1267 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1268 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1272 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1273 of S to the right of that box line. */
1274 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1275 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1276 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1280 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1282 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1284 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1286 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1287 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1288 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1290 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1295 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1296 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1299 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1300 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1302 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1304 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1305 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1307 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1308 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1309 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1313 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1316 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1317 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1320 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1322 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1323 of S to the right of that box line. */
1324 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1325 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1326 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1330 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1331 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1332 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1333 this composition. */
1335 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1336 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1337 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1339 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1340 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1341 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1343 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1347 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1348 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1350 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1351 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1353 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1354 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1355 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1360 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1365 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1367 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1368 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1369 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1372 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1376 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1377 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1378 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1381 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1382 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1383 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1384 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1385 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1386 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1394 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1395 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1396 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1402 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1404 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1405 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1406 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1407 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1408 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1411 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1412 cannot be determined. */
1414 static struct frame
*
1415 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1418 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1422 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1424 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1425 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1426 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1427 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1428 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1429 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1431 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1432 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1433 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1434 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1435 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1437 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1438 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1439 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1446 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1447 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1448 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1449 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1452 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1457 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1458 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1462 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1463 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1464 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1465 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1466 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1467 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1470 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1474 unsigned long *pixel
;
1478 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1479 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1483 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1484 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1486 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1488 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1490 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1495 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1496 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1498 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1501 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1503 DPY is the display we are working on.
1505 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1506 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1507 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1508 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1510 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1511 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1513 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1514 we allocated the color or not.
1516 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1519 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1523 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1524 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1534 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1535 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1537 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1541 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1542 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1543 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1545 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1547 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1548 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1550 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1552 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1553 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1555 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1556 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1558 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1559 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1564 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1566 params
[0] = color_name
;
1567 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1568 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1569 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1574 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1576 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1578 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1582 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1586 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1587 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1590 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1595 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1596 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1597 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1599 APP is the application context in which we work.
1601 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1602 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1603 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1605 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1608 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1617 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1619 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1622 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1624 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1625 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1626 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1627 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1628 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1633 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1636 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1637 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1638 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1639 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1641 static const XColor
*
1642 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1646 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1648 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1650 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1653 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1654 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1655 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1656 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1657 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1659 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1660 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1662 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1663 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1666 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1667 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1671 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1672 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1675 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1680 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1682 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1685 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1687 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1688 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1689 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1690 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1694 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1698 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1699 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1702 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1706 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1710 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1711 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1712 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1716 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1723 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1726 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1727 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1728 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1729 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1731 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1733 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1735 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1737 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1738 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1739 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1740 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1742 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1745 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1749 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1750 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1751 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1752 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1756 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1757 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1758 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1759 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1760 XColor
*cached_color
;
1762 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1763 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1764 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1765 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1766 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1768 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1769 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1770 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1774 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1776 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1777 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1783 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1784 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1785 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1789 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1794 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1795 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1799 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1800 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1801 get color reference counts right. */
1804 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1806 unsigned long pixel
;
1810 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1812 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1813 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1815 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1816 register_color (pixel
);
1822 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1823 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1824 get color reference counts right. */
1827 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1830 unsigned long pixel
;
1834 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1836 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1837 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1839 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1840 register_color (pixel
);
1846 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1849 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1850 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1851 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1852 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1853 use an additional additive factor.
1855 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1856 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1857 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1860 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1861 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1862 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1863 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1864 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1865 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1868 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1872 unsigned long *pixel
;
1880 /* Get RGB color values. */
1881 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1882 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1884 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1885 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1886 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1887 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1888 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1890 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1891 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1893 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1894 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1895 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1896 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1897 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1899 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1900 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1901 /* The additive adjustment. */
1902 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1906 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1907 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1908 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1912 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1913 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1914 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1918 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1919 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1922 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1924 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1925 delta to the RGB values. */
1926 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1928 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1929 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1930 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1931 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1942 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1943 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1944 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1945 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1946 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1947 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1950 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1952 struct relief
*relief
;
1955 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1958 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1959 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1960 unsigned long pixel
;
1961 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1962 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1963 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1964 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1966 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1967 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1969 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1970 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1971 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1973 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1975 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1976 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1979 /* Allocate new color. */
1980 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1982 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1983 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1985 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1986 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1989 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1991 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1993 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1996 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2000 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2003 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
2004 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2006 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2007 unsigned long color
;
2009 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2010 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2011 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2013 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2014 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2019 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2020 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2021 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2024 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2025 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2027 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2028 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2029 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2030 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2031 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2036 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2037 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2038 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2039 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2040 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2041 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2045 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2046 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2048 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2049 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2050 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2052 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2053 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2058 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2060 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2061 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2065 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2066 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2067 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2068 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2072 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2073 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2074 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2076 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2078 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2080 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2081 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2085 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2086 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2087 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2088 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2092 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2093 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2094 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2096 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2100 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2101 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2102 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2103 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2104 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2105 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2108 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2109 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2110 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2111 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2112 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2116 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2117 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2118 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2121 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2122 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2126 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2127 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2130 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2131 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2135 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2136 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2138 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2139 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2143 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2146 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2147 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2149 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2150 int left_p
, right_p
;
2151 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2152 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2154 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2155 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2156 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2158 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2159 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2161 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2163 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2164 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2166 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2168 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2170 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2172 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2173 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2175 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2176 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2177 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2179 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2181 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2183 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2184 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2185 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2188 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2189 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2190 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2195 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2198 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2199 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2202 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2204 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2205 right of that line. */
2206 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2207 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2209 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2211 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2213 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2214 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2215 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2216 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2222 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2223 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2224 trust on the shape extension to be available
2225 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2227 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2230 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2232 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2233 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2234 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2235 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2236 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2238 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2241 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2242 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2243 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2244 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2245 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2246 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2250 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2252 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2255 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2256 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2257 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2258 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2259 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2260 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2262 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2263 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2264 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2265 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2266 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2267 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2268 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2270 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2272 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2274 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2275 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2280 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2281 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2282 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2286 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2289 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2290 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2292 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, extra
;
2295 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2297 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2298 right of that line. */
2299 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2300 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2302 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2304 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2306 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2307 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2308 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2309 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2311 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2312 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2314 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2315 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2319 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2320 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2323 extra
= s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
2324 ? XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) : 0;
2326 x0
= x
- thick
- extra
;
2327 y0
= y
- thick
- extra
;
2328 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2329 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2331 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2332 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2333 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2335 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2337 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2342 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2345 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2346 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2350 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2352 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2353 right of that line. */
2354 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2355 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2357 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2359 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2361 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2362 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2363 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2364 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2370 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2371 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2372 trust on the shape extension to be available
2373 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2375 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2379 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2380 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2381 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2382 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2383 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2385 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2386 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2387 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2388 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2392 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2393 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2394 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2396 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2397 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2398 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2399 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2400 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2401 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2402 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2404 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2406 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2407 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2408 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2413 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2414 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2415 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2419 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2420 give the rectangle to draw. */
2423 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2424 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2429 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2430 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2431 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2432 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2435 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2439 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2442 s->x +-------------------------
2445 | +-------------------------
2448 | | +-------------------
2454 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2455 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2457 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2458 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2460 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2463 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2464 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2465 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2466 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2468 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2469 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2471 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2472 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2476 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2477 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2481 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2482 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2483 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2484 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2485 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2487 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2488 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2489 s
->background_width
,
2492 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2494 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2496 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2499 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2500 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2501 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2502 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2503 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2504 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2505 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2510 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2512 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2513 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2514 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2515 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2523 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2525 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2527 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2528 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2530 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2533 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2536 /* Draw the foreground. */
2539 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2540 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2541 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2542 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2543 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2546 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2548 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2550 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2551 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2552 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2556 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2559 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2560 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2562 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2564 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2565 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2567 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2568 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2569 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2570 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2574 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2577 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2580 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2582 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2583 if (width
< background_width
)
2586 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2591 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2592 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2594 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2600 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2601 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2603 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2605 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2606 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2607 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2608 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2613 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2614 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2615 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2616 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2620 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2622 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2623 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2625 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2626 except for header line and mode line. */
2627 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2629 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2632 if (background_width
> 0)
2633 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2636 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2640 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2643 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2644 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2646 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2648 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2649 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2650 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2651 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2654 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2656 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2657 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2658 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2659 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2661 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2662 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2663 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2664 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2666 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2667 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2671 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2672 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2674 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2675 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2676 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2677 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2678 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2679 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2682 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2683 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2684 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2685 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2688 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2690 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2691 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2692 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2693 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2694 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2695 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2697 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2699 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2702 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2706 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2710 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2711 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2713 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2714 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2717 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2718 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2719 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2720 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2722 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2723 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2730 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2732 /* Draw underline. */
2733 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2735 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2738 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2740 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2741 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2742 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2746 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2747 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2748 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2751 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2752 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2755 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2756 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2757 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2758 specs, and its default is
2760 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2761 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2763 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2764 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2765 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2767 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2769 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2771 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2773 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2774 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2775 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2776 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2777 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2778 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2779 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2780 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2781 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2782 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2783 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2784 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2788 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2789 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2790 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2791 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2792 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2796 /* Draw overline. */
2797 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2799 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2801 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2802 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2807 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2808 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2809 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2811 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2815 /* Draw strike-through. */
2816 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2818 unsigned long h
= 1;
2819 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2821 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2822 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2827 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2828 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2829 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2831 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2835 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2836 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2837 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2841 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2843 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2844 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2845 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2847 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2848 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2849 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2852 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2853 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2854 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2855 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2857 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2858 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2860 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2866 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2868 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2869 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2870 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2872 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2873 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2874 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2877 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2878 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2879 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2880 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2882 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2883 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2885 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2890 /* Reset clipping. */
2891 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2895 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2898 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2900 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2902 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2903 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2904 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2908 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2912 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2920 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2921 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2924 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2931 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2932 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2936 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2939 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2941 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2943 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2944 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2945 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2947 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2948 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2950 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2952 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2953 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2954 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2956 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2957 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2958 redisplay, do it here. */
2959 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2962 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2969 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2971 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2972 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2974 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2977 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2978 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2981 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2982 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2984 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2985 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2986 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2988 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2989 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2993 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2995 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2996 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
3000 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
3002 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
3003 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
3005 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
3007 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3018 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3019 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3020 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3023 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3024 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3025 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3026 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3027 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3028 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3029 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3033 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3034 pixels into background pixels. */
3038 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3039 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3040 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3042 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3043 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3047 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3048 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3049 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3050 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3051 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3052 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3053 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3057 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3058 edge it is next to. */
3059 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3061 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3062 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3065 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3066 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3073 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3075 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3076 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3078 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3080 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3081 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3082 width
, flash_height
);
3083 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3085 (height
- flash_height
3086 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3087 width
, flash_height
);
3091 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3092 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3093 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3094 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3099 struct timeval wakeup
;
3101 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3103 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3104 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3105 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3106 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3108 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3110 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3112 struct timeval current
;
3113 struct timeval timeout
;
3115 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3117 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3118 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3121 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3123 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3125 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3126 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3130 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3131 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3133 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3135 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3136 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3137 width
, flash_height
);
3138 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3140 (height
- flash_height
3141 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3142 width
, flash_height
);
3145 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3146 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3147 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3148 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3151 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3152 #undef XFillRectangle
3154 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3163 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3167 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (f
, invisible
)
3174 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3175 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3176 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3179 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3180 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3181 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3186 /* Make audible bell. */
3191 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3193 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3195 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3202 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3203 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3210 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3211 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3212 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3213 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3216 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3219 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3224 /***********************************************************************
3226 ***********************************************************************/
3228 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3229 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3232 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3240 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3243 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3247 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3248 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3250 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3251 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3253 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3255 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3256 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3257 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3261 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3262 line at the bottom. */
3263 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3264 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3266 height
= run
->height
;
3270 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3272 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3273 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3275 height
= run
->height
;
3280 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3284 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3285 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3286 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3296 /***********************************************************************
3298 ***********************************************************************/
3305 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3306 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3307 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3308 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3310 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3311 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3313 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3314 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3318 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3321 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3322 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3323 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3324 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3326 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3327 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3329 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3330 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3333 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3334 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3335 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3336 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3337 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3340 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3341 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3342 struct frame
*frame
;
3344 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3346 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3348 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3349 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3350 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3352 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3353 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3355 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3356 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3358 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3361 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3364 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3365 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3366 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3369 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3372 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3373 struct frame
*frame
;
3374 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3376 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3378 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3380 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3381 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3383 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3384 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3385 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3386 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3387 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3389 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3390 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3394 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3397 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3398 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3401 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3403 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3405 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3407 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3408 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3412 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3413 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3415 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3416 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3420 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3421 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3423 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3426 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3427 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3429 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3431 struct frame
*frame
;
3433 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3437 switch (event
->type
)
3442 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3444 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3446 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3447 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3448 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3449 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3451 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3457 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3458 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3459 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3460 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3464 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3466 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3467 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3468 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3475 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3478 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3479 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3481 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3484 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3485 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3486 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3488 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3489 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3490 the appropriate X display info. */
3493 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3494 struct frame
*frame
;
3496 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3500 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3501 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3503 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3505 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3507 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3508 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3509 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3510 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3511 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3513 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3514 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3518 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3520 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3523 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3524 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3525 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3531 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3533 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3535 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3536 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3538 int min_code
, max_code
;
3541 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3543 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3544 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3545 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3546 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3547 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3549 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3551 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3552 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3554 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3556 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3557 Alt keysyms are on. */
3559 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3560 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3562 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3564 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3565 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3567 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3569 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3573 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3577 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3579 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3585 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3586 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3591 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3592 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3597 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3598 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3599 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3600 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3605 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3606 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3607 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3608 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3612 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3613 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3614 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3615 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3616 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3625 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3626 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3628 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3629 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3632 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3633 make them just meta, not alt. */
3634 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3636 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3639 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3640 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3643 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3647 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3648 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3651 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3652 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3653 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3654 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3657 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3658 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3659 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3660 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3661 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3662 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3663 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3664 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3667 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3668 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3669 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3670 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3671 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3672 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3676 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3677 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3680 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3681 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3682 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3683 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3687 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3688 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3689 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3690 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3691 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3692 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3693 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3694 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3697 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3698 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3699 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3700 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3701 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3702 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3705 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3708 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3714 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3722 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3724 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3726 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3730 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3731 struct input_event
*result
;
3732 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3735 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3737 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3738 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3739 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3740 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3742 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3746 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3747 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3748 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3754 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3755 The input handler calls this.
3757 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3758 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3759 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3760 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3762 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3763 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3766 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3768 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3770 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3771 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3772 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3774 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3777 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3779 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3780 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3781 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3782 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3787 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3788 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3789 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3790 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3791 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3792 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3794 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3795 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3796 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3797 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3798 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3799 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3807 /************************************************************************
3809 ************************************************************************/
3812 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3814 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3815 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3816 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3817 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3818 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3823 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3824 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3826 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3827 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3828 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3829 position on the scroll bar.
3831 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3832 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3835 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3836 was at this position.
3838 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3840 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3844 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3847 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3848 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3850 unsigned long *time
;
3856 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3857 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3863 Window dummy_window
;
3866 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3868 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3869 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3870 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3871 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3872 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3874 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3876 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3877 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3878 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3880 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3883 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3884 a different screen. */
3887 /* The position on that root window. */
3890 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3893 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3895 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3897 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3898 containing the pointer. */
3902 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3906 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3907 structure is changing at the same time this function
3908 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3910 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3912 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3913 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3915 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3916 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3917 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3919 /* From-window, to-window. */
3920 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3922 /* From-position, to-position. */
3923 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3927 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3933 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3935 /* From-window, to-window. */
3938 /* From-position, to-position. */
3939 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3944 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3947 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3948 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3949 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3950 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3951 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3959 /* Now we know that:
3960 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3961 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3962 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3963 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3964 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3965 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3966 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3967 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3968 never use them in that case.) */
3971 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3972 want the edit window. */
3973 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3975 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3976 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3979 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3980 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3983 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3984 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3986 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3989 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3992 x_uncatch_errors ();
3994 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3997 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3999 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4003 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4009 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4010 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4014 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4015 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4016 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4017 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4018 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4019 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4020 the frame are divided into. */
4022 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4023 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4028 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4029 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4030 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4040 /***********************************************************************
4042 ***********************************************************************/
4044 /* Scroll bar support. */
4046 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4048 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4051 static struct scroll_bar
*
4052 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
4058 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4059 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4060 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4062 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4064 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4066 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4067 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4068 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4071 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4074 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4076 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4077 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4078 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4079 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4080 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4083 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4084 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4085 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4086 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4093 #if defined USE_LUCID
4095 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4096 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4099 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
4104 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4106 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4108 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4109 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4111 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4119 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4122 /************************************************************************
4124 ************************************************************************/
4126 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4128 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4129 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4130 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4131 struct scroll_bar
*);
4132 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4136 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4137 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4139 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4141 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4143 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4145 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4146 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4149 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4151 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4153 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4155 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4156 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4157 to avoid jerkyness. */
4159 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4161 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4162 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4163 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4164 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4167 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4170 XtPointer client_data
;
4174 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4180 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4181 end_action
= "Release";
4182 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4183 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4184 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4185 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4188 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4189 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4193 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4194 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4195 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4197 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4199 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4200 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4201 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4203 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4204 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4206 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4207 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4210 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4212 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4213 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4215 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4216 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4219 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4220 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4221 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4222 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4225 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4227 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4230 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4231 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4232 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4237 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4238 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4239 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4240 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4241 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4244 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4245 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4246 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4247 into that array in the event. */
4248 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4249 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4252 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4254 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4255 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4256 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4258 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4260 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4261 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4264 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4265 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4266 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4267 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4268 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4269 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4271 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4272 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4273 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4274 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4277 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4278 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4279 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4280 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4285 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4289 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4291 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4293 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4298 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4299 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4301 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4302 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4304 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4305 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4308 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4310 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4312 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4313 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4314 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4315 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4316 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4322 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4324 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4327 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4328 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4329 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4332 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4334 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4336 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4337 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4338 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4342 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4343 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4344 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4347 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4348 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4349 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4352 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4353 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4354 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4357 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4358 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4359 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4363 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4364 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4367 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4368 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4369 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4376 /* Get the slider size. */
4378 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4381 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4382 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4383 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4384 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4388 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4394 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4395 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4396 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4400 #elif defined USE_GTK
4402 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4403 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4406 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4407 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4411 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4413 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4414 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4415 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4417 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4418 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4423 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4424 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4425 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4426 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4428 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4429 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4430 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4431 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4432 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4435 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4436 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4437 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4439 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4440 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4441 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4443 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4444 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4445 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4447 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4448 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4449 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4455 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4456 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4457 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4463 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4466 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4467 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4470 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4471 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4472 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4474 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4475 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4476 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4483 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4485 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4486 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4487 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4491 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4493 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4495 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4496 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4498 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4501 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4503 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4507 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4509 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4510 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4511 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4512 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4513 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4515 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4517 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4519 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4520 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4521 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4522 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4526 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4527 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4528 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4529 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4530 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4531 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4532 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4535 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4537 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4539 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4540 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4541 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4545 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4547 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4550 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4551 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4553 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4554 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4555 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4556 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4558 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4560 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4561 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4562 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4563 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4566 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4568 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4570 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4571 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4575 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4577 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4579 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4582 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4583 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4588 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4591 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4593 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4599 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4600 unsigned long pixel
;
4605 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4606 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4607 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4608 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4609 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4610 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4611 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4612 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4614 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4617 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4621 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4624 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4628 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4629 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4631 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4632 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4634 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4636 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4638 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4640 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4642 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4644 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4647 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4648 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4650 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4651 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4652 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4653 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4655 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4657 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4658 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4659 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4660 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4661 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4662 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4663 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4664 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4666 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4669 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4673 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4676 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4680 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4682 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4683 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4685 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4688 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4689 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4690 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4692 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4695 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4697 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4700 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4701 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4702 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4704 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4708 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4709 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4710 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4711 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4712 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4713 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4715 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4719 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4720 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4721 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4723 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4725 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4728 /* Specify the colors. */
4729 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4732 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4735 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4738 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4744 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4745 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4749 char *val
= initial
;
4750 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4751 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4752 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4754 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4755 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4756 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4757 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4758 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4759 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4763 /* Define callbacks. */
4764 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4765 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4768 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4769 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4771 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4773 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4774 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4775 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4776 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4778 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4779 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4780 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4781 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4785 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4788 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4789 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4793 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4794 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4795 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4797 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4800 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4802 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4803 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4804 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4806 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4807 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4814 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4815 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4816 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4817 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4818 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4819 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4820 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4821 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4822 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4823 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4824 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4825 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4826 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4827 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4834 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4835 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4838 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4842 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4843 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4845 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4846 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4847 size
= max (size
, 1);
4849 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4850 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4851 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4853 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4855 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4861 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4862 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4866 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4868 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4869 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4870 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4874 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4875 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4876 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4879 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4880 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4882 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4883 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4884 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4885 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4887 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4888 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4891 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4892 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4893 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4895 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4899 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4903 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4905 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4909 /************************************************************************
4910 Scroll bars, general
4911 ************************************************************************/
4913 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4914 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4915 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4918 static struct scroll_bar
*
4919 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4921 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4923 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4924 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4925 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4929 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4930 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4931 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4933 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4937 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4938 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4939 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4941 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4942 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4944 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4946 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4948 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4949 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4950 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4951 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4952 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4954 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4956 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4957 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4958 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4960 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4962 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4969 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4971 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4973 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4977 bar
->height
= height
;
4980 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4981 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4983 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4984 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4986 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4987 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4988 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4990 /* Map the window/widget. */
4991 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4994 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4997 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4998 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5000 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5001 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5002 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
5003 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5005 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5006 max (height
, 1), 0);
5007 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5008 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5010 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5011 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5012 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5019 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5021 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5023 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5024 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5025 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5028 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5029 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5030 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5031 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5032 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5035 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
5036 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5040 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5041 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5042 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5043 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5045 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5047 && start
== bar
->start
5054 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5055 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5056 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5058 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5059 the distance between start and end. */
5061 int length
= end
- start
;
5065 else if (start
> top_range
)
5067 end
= start
+ length
;
5071 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5075 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5079 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5080 if (end
> top_range
)
5083 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5084 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5085 that many pixels tall. */
5086 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5088 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5089 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5091 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5092 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5093 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5094 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5095 inside_width
, start
,
5098 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5099 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5100 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5101 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5103 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5104 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5105 /* x, y, width, height */
5106 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5107 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5108 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5110 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5111 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5112 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5113 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5115 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5116 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5117 if (end
< inside_height
)
5118 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5119 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5120 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5121 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5122 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5130 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5132 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5136 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5137 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5139 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5142 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5144 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5145 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5146 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5147 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5149 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5152 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5153 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5159 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5160 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5161 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5165 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5167 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5169 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5170 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5171 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5172 int window_y
, window_height
;
5173 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5174 int fringe_extended_p
;
5177 /* Get window dimensions. */
5178 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5180 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5181 height
= window_height
;
5183 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5184 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5186 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5187 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5188 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5189 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5193 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5194 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5195 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5196 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5198 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5200 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5201 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5206 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5207 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5208 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5209 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5210 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5211 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5213 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5214 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5215 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5216 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5219 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5220 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5222 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5225 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5226 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5227 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5228 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5231 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5232 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5236 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5240 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5241 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5243 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5247 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5249 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5251 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5253 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5256 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5258 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5259 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5261 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5262 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5263 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5265 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5266 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5267 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5269 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5270 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5273 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5276 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5277 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5279 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5280 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5281 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5283 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5284 max (height
, 1), 0);
5285 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5287 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5289 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5290 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5291 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5293 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5294 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5296 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5297 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5298 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5302 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5303 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5304 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5307 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5308 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5309 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5311 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5312 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5313 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5314 rest
, height
, False
);
5316 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5317 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5321 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5326 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5328 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5330 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5334 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5336 /* Remember new settings. */
5337 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5339 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5340 bar
->height
= height
;
5345 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5346 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5348 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5349 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5350 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5352 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5354 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5357 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5360 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5361 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5362 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5365 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5367 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5371 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5372 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5373 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5374 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5375 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5376 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5377 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5379 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5380 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5381 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5384 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5387 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5388 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5391 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5392 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5393 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5394 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5395 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5396 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5397 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5402 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5403 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5406 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5407 struct window
*window
;
5409 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5412 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5413 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5416 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5418 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5419 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5420 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5422 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5424 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5425 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5427 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5428 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5429 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5431 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5432 one or the other! */
5436 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5438 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5439 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5441 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5443 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5444 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5445 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5448 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5449 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5452 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5455 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5457 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5459 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5460 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5461 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5463 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5465 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5467 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5470 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5473 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5474 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5478 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5479 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5480 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5482 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5486 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5487 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5490 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5491 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5492 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5493 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5497 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5499 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5500 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5501 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5502 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5504 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5505 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5507 /* x, y, width, height */
5509 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5512 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5513 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5514 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5515 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5520 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5522 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5523 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5525 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5530 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5531 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5533 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5535 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5538 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5539 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5540 emacs_event
->modifiers
5541 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5542 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5543 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5544 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5547 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5548 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5549 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5552 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5553 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5556 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5559 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5560 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5561 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5563 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5565 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5566 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5567 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5568 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5570 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5571 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5573 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5574 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5578 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5579 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5583 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5585 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5587 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5591 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5592 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5595 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5597 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5600 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5602 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5603 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5605 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5606 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5608 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5610 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5612 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5617 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5619 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5620 on the scroll bar. */
5623 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5625 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5626 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5628 unsigned long *time
;
5630 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5631 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5632 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5634 Window dummy_window
;
5636 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5640 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5642 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5644 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5645 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5646 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5648 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5651 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5657 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5659 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5661 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5662 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5666 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5670 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5672 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5673 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5674 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5675 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5676 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5677 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5679 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5681 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5682 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5685 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5688 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5694 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5695 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5696 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5700 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5703 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5706 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5707 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5708 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5709 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5710 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5711 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5712 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5713 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5715 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5719 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5721 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5722 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5723 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5724 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5726 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5727 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5729 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5731 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5732 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5734 static int temp_index
;
5735 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5737 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5738 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5740 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5742 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5743 on a particular display. */
5745 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5747 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5748 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5749 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5750 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5752 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5754 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5757 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5758 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5759 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5760 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5761 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5762 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5766 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5767 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5777 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5778 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5779 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5781 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5783 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5787 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5788 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5791 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5792 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5793 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5796 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5797 event
->xclient
.window
);
5799 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5804 static int current_count
;
5805 static int current_finish
;
5806 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5808 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5809 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5810 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5811 static GdkFilterReturn
5812 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5817 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5820 if (current_count
>= 0)
5822 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5824 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5827 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5828 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5829 so we do it here. */
5830 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5832 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5835 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5840 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5843 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5847 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5851 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5852 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5854 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5856 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5859 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5861 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5862 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5863 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5865 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5868 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5869 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5872 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5875 struct input_event ie
;
5876 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5881 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5882 struct coding_system coding
;
5883 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5885 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5887 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5888 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5891 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5892 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5898 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5899 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5900 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5902 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5903 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5905 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5906 could be the shell widget window
5907 if the frame has no title bar. */
5908 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5910 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5911 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5912 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5914 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5915 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5916 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5917 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5918 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5921 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5922 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5923 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5924 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5927 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5928 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5929 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5932 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5933 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5934 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5936 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5937 /* The ICCCM says this is
5938 the only valid choice. */
5940 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5941 /* This is needed to detect the error
5942 if there is an error. */
5944 x_uncatch_errors ();
5946 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5951 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5952 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5954 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5955 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5956 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5957 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5958 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5959 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5960 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5961 session manager and one for this. */
5963 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5966 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5967 event
.xclient
.window
);
5968 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5969 for a single Emacs process. */
5970 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5971 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5972 event
.xclient
.window
,
5973 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5975 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5976 event
.xclient
.window
,
5982 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5983 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5985 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5986 event
.xclient
.window
);
5988 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5990 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5991 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5998 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5999 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
6004 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6005 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
6008 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6010 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
6011 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
6015 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6022 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6023 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6025 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6027 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6031 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6033 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6034 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6035 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6036 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6038 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6039 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6040 currently never do because we are interested in
6041 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6042 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6043 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6046 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6047 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6051 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6052 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6053 we construct an input_event. */
6054 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6055 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6057 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6058 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6061 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6063 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6064 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6065 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6067 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6068 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6069 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6071 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6075 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6077 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6080 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6081 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6085 case SelectionNotify
:
6086 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6087 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6088 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6090 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6091 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6094 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6095 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6096 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6097 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6099 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6101 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6103 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6104 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6105 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6106 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6107 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6111 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6112 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6113 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6114 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6116 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6118 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6119 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6121 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6122 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6123 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6124 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6125 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6126 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6127 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6128 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6132 case PropertyNotify
:
6133 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6134 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6135 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6136 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6138 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6139 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6142 case ReparentNotify
:
6143 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6147 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6148 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6152 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6153 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6154 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6159 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6163 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6164 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6165 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6166 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6167 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6170 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6172 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6173 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6174 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6175 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6179 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6180 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6184 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6185 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6187 #if defined USE_LUCID
6188 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6189 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6190 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6193 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6195 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6197 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6199 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6200 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6202 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6203 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6204 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6207 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6208 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6211 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6212 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6216 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6217 source area was obscured or not
6219 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6223 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6224 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6225 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6227 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6230 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6233 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6234 source area was completely
6239 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6240 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6243 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6246 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6247 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6248 the frame was deleted. */
6250 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6251 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6252 display that won't ever be seen. */
6253 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6254 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6255 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6256 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6257 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6258 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6259 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6260 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6262 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6264 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6265 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6271 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6272 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6273 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6276 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6277 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6278 frame is visible. */
6279 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6282 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6283 the frame's display structures.
6284 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6285 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6286 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6287 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6288 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6289 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6291 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6292 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6293 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6294 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6296 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6297 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6298 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6302 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6303 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6305 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6306 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6307 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6308 to update the frame titles
6309 in case this is the second frame. */
6310 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6313 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6320 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6321 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6323 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6324 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6325 if (popup_activated ())
6329 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6331 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6332 mouse highlighting. */
6333 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6335 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6337 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6338 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6341 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6344 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6345 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6346 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6348 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6350 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6351 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6354 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6358 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6359 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6360 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6363 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6364 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6365 status_return even if the input is too long to
6366 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6367 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6368 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6369 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6370 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6371 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6372 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6374 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6378 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6379 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6380 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6382 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6386 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6387 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6388 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6390 /* This will have to go some day... */
6392 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6393 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6394 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6395 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6396 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6397 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6398 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6400 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6401 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6402 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6403 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6404 not it is combined with Meta. */
6405 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6406 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6411 Status status_return
;
6413 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6414 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6415 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6416 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6418 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6420 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6421 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6422 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6423 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6424 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6427 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6428 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6430 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6435 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6436 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6440 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6441 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6444 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6445 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6449 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6450 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6451 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6454 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6455 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6457 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6458 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6460 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6461 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6463 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6464 translations to characters. */
6465 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6466 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6468 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6469 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6473 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6474 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6476 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6477 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6479 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6480 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6484 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6485 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6486 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6490 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6491 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6492 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6493 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6497 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6498 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6499 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6500 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6501 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6502 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6504 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6505 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6507 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6508 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6509 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6510 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6511 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6512 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6514 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6515 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6517 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6518 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6520 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6521 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6523 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6524 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6526 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6527 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6529 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6530 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6532 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6533 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6535 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6536 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6538 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6539 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6541 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6542 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6544 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6545 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6547 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6548 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6550 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6551 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6553 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6554 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6555 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6556 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6557 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6558 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6559 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6560 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6561 don't have real modifiers but
6562 should be treated similarly to
6563 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6564 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6565 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6567 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6568 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6572 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6573 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6575 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6576 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6580 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6585 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6587 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6589 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6592 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6594 /* Decode the input data. */
6598 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6599 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6600 we used just above and the locale. */
6601 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6602 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6603 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6604 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6605 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6606 gives us composition information. */
6607 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6609 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6610 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6611 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6612 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6613 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6614 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6615 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6616 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6619 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6620 character events. */
6621 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6623 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6624 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6626 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6627 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6628 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6629 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6631 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6636 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6638 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6644 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6645 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6653 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6655 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6656 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6664 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6665 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6667 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6669 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6670 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6672 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6673 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6674 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6675 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6677 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6678 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6679 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6680 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6685 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6689 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6690 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6692 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6695 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6697 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6698 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6699 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6700 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6703 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6704 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6705 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6706 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6707 if (any_help_event_p
)
6711 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6712 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6713 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6718 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6723 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6724 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6725 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6727 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6728 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6729 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6731 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6733 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6735 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6736 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6740 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6746 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6747 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6748 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6752 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6753 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6756 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6757 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6758 will be selected only when it is active. */
6759 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6760 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6761 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6762 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6763 create event iff we don't leave the
6765 && (focus_follows_mouse
6766 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6767 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6769 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6770 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6775 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6776 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6780 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6781 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6782 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6783 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6786 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6787 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6789 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6790 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6791 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6794 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6795 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6796 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6797 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6802 case ConfigureNotify
:
6803 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6806 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6807 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6809 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6810 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6816 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6818 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6819 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6821 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6822 is called by the code that handles resizing
6823 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6825 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6826 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6827 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6828 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6829 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6830 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6831 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6833 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6834 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6835 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6838 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6839 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6840 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6844 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6845 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6846 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6847 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6850 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6854 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6855 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6864 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6865 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6868 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6869 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6870 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6872 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6874 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6875 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6877 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6880 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6885 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6886 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6887 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6890 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6891 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6893 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6894 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6896 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6898 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6899 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6900 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6901 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6906 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6907 if (! popup_activated ())
6910 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6912 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6913 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6915 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6916 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6918 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6919 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6922 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6924 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6925 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6926 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6930 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6931 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6932 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6934 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6935 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6937 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6939 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6940 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6942 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6944 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6945 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6948 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6950 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6951 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6954 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6957 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6959 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6960 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6961 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6965 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6966 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6967 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6968 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6969 Instead, save it away
6970 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6971 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6974 ! popup_activated ()
6975 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6976 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6979 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6980 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6981 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6982 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6983 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6984 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6985 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6986 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6988 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6989 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6991 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6994 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6996 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
7000 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
7001 but I am trying to be cautious. */
7002 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
7004 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
7006 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
7007 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
7008 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7013 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
7016 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7020 case CirculateNotify
:
7023 case CirculateRequest
:
7026 case VisibilityNotify
:
7030 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7032 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7034 case MappingModifier
:
7035 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7036 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7037 case MappingKeyboard
:
7038 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7043 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7048 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7050 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7051 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7053 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7058 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7060 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7065 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7070 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7076 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7077 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7078 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7082 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7083 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7093 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7094 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7095 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7097 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7099 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7103 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7104 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7106 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7109 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7115 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7116 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7117 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7119 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7120 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7121 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7124 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7127 XTread_socket (terminal
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7128 struct terminal
*terminal
;
7130 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7134 int event_found
= 0;
7136 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7138 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7140 pending_signals
= 1;
7145 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7147 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7151 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7152 input_signal_count
++;
7157 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7158 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7160 struct input_event inev
;
7162 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7163 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7164 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7166 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7173 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7174 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7176 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7177 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7181 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7185 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7188 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7189 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7194 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7195 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7197 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7203 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7204 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7205 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7206 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7208 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7209 from all displays. */
7211 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7213 current_count
= count
;
7214 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7216 gtk_main_iteration ();
7218 count
= current_count
;
7220 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7222 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7225 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7229 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7230 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7233 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7234 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7235 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7237 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7241 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7242 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7244 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7246 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7247 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7251 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7253 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7254 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7256 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7257 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7269 /***********************************************************************
7271 ***********************************************************************/
7273 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7274 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7276 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7277 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7278 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7281 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7283 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7287 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7288 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7289 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7291 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7293 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7294 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7295 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7296 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7297 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7299 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7303 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7306 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7308 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7310 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7311 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7312 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7315 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7318 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7319 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7320 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7321 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7324 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7325 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7326 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7328 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7329 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7330 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7331 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7332 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7334 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7335 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7336 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7338 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7339 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7340 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7341 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7345 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7347 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7348 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7349 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7353 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7355 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7357 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7359 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7360 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7362 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7363 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7365 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7366 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7369 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7370 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7371 the bar might not be in the window. */
7372 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7374 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7375 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7376 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7380 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7381 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7382 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7383 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7384 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7387 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7388 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7389 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7390 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7391 that the glyph is legible. */
7392 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7393 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7395 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7396 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7399 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7402 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7403 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7406 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7408 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7411 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7412 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7414 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7416 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7417 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7418 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7419 width
, row
->height
);
7423 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7426 width
= row
->height
;
7428 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7430 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7431 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7433 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7434 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7435 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7436 row
->height
- width
),
7437 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7440 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7445 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7448 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7452 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7453 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7454 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7455 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7459 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7462 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7464 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7466 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7467 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7469 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7470 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7471 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7476 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7479 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7481 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7483 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7486 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7490 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7491 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7493 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7494 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7495 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7496 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7498 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7499 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7503 switch (cursor_type
)
7505 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7506 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7509 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7510 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7514 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7518 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7522 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7531 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7532 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7533 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7538 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7545 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7548 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7554 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7557 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7558 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7559 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7560 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7565 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7566 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7567 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7569 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7570 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7571 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7575 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7576 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7582 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7583 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7586 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7588 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7590 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7594 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7597 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7598 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7602 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7603 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7607 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7608 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7609 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7610 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7611 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7613 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7616 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7617 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7623 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7624 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7627 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7631 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7636 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7637 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7639 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7640 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7643 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7644 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7645 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7646 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7651 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7653 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7654 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7656 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7657 be called from a signal handler.
7660 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7661 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7663 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7665 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7667 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7668 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7669 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7672 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7676 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7677 x_error_message
->string
,
7678 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7681 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7682 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7685 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7686 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7687 stored in *x_error_message.
7689 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7690 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7692 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7694 void x_check_errors ();
7697 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7700 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7702 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7706 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7707 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7708 x_error_message
= data
;
7711 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7712 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7717 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7721 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7722 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7723 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7724 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7726 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7727 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7732 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7733 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7734 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7737 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7741 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7744 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7746 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7747 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7748 x_uncatch_errors ();
7749 error (format
, string
);
7753 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7754 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7757 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7760 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7763 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7766 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7769 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7772 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7775 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7776 * idea. --lorentey */
7777 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7780 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7782 while (x_error_message
)
7783 x_uncatch_errors ();
7787 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7790 x_catching_errors ()
7792 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7796 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7799 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7804 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7805 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7806 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7807 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7808 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7811 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7812 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7815 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7816 must reestablish each time */
7817 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7822 /************************************************************************
7824 ************************************************************************/
7826 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7828 static char *error_msg
;
7830 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7831 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7832 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7835 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7837 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7841 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7842 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7845 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7847 char *error_message
;
7849 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7850 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7851 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7853 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7854 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7855 handling_signal
= 0;
7857 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7858 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7859 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7860 the original message here. */
7861 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7863 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7864 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7868 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7870 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7871 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7874 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7875 that are on the dead display. */
7876 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7878 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7880 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7881 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7882 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7883 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7884 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7885 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7888 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7889 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7890 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7891 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7892 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7893 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7895 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7896 trying to find a replacement. */
7897 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7898 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7901 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7902 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7903 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7905 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7906 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7907 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7909 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7910 in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7912 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7913 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7914 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7918 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7919 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7920 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7922 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) (void);
7923 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7924 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7925 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7930 /* Due to bugs in some Gtk+ versions, just exit here if this
7931 is the last display/terminal. */
7932 if (terminal_list
->next_terminal
== NULL
)
7934 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7935 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7938 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7941 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7942 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7944 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7945 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7946 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7947 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7952 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7953 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7957 x_uncatch_errors ();
7959 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7961 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7962 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7966 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7968 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7970 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7971 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7973 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7974 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7975 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7976 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7977 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7978 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7981 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7982 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7983 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7985 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7986 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7989 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7993 if (x_error_message
)
7994 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7996 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
8000 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
8001 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
8002 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8004 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
8006 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
8007 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
8012 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
8018 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
8019 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
8021 static void NO_INLINE
8022 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
8026 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
8028 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
8029 or colors that are not defined. */
8031 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
8034 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
8035 original error handler. */
8037 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
8038 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
8039 buf
, error
->request_code
);
8040 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
8044 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
8045 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
8046 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8049 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
8054 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
8055 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
8059 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
8061 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
8062 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
8063 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
8067 x_new_font (f
, font_object
, fontset
)
8069 Lisp_Object font_object
;
8072 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
8075 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
8076 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8077 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
8078 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8082 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
8083 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
8084 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
8085 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
8086 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
8088 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8090 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8091 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8093 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8094 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8095 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8099 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8100 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8103 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8105 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8106 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8107 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8108 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8109 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8114 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8117 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8126 /***********************************************************************
8128 ***********************************************************************/
8134 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8135 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8136 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8139 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8141 XPointer client_data
;
8144 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8145 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8149 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8150 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8152 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8153 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8155 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8156 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8160 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8161 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8162 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8166 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8169 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8170 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
8173 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8174 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8177 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8178 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8179 char *resource_name
;
8187 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8188 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8195 XIMCallback destroy
;
8198 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8199 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8202 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8203 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8204 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8210 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8211 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8215 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8217 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8218 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8219 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8220 when the callback was registered. */
8223 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8225 XPointer client_data
;
8228 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8229 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8231 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8235 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8237 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8238 as they have no XIC. */
8239 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8241 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8244 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8246 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8249 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8250 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8252 create_frame_xic (f
);
8253 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8254 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8255 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8257 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8258 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8267 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8270 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8271 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8272 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8273 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8276 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8277 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8278 char *resource_name
;
8280 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8284 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8285 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8288 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8289 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8290 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8291 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8292 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8293 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8294 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8295 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8296 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8297 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8298 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8299 least, hence the configure test. */
8300 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8301 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8302 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8303 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8305 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8309 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8312 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8313 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8318 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8319 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8320 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8322 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8323 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8324 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8325 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8326 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8327 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8328 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8329 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8331 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8334 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8338 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8339 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8342 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8345 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8347 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8348 is already for the top-left corner. */
8349 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8352 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8353 position that fits on the screen. */
8354 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8355 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8356 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8359 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8361 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8362 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8363 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8365 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8366 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8367 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8368 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8371 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8372 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8374 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8377 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8378 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8379 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8382 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8383 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8384 so the flags should correspond. */
8385 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8388 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8389 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8390 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8391 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8392 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8395 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8397 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8400 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8402 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8404 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8405 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8409 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8411 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8413 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8414 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8416 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8419 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8421 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8422 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8424 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8426 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8427 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8428 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8429 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8430 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8433 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8434 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8436 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8437 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8440 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8441 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8442 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8443 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8446 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8447 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8448 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8450 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8451 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8452 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8453 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8454 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8455 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8460 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8461 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8462 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8463 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8464 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8467 wm_supports (f
, atomname
)
8469 const char *atomname
;
8472 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8473 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8475 Window wmcheck_window
;
8476 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8477 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8478 long max_len
= 65536;
8479 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8480 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8481 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8486 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8488 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8489 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8490 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8491 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8492 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8494 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8496 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8497 x_uncatch_errors ();
8502 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8505 /* Check if window exists. */
8506 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8508 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8510 x_uncatch_errors ();
8515 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8517 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8518 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8519 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8520 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8521 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8522 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8524 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8525 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8527 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8528 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8529 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8530 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8532 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8534 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8535 x_uncatch_errors ();
8540 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8541 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8542 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8546 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8548 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8549 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8551 x_uncatch_errors ();
8558 set_wm_state (frame
, add
, what
, what2
)
8564 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8565 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8566 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8568 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8570 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8572 (make_unibyte_string (what
, strlen (what
)),
8574 ? Fcons (make_unibyte_string (what2
, strlen (what2
)),
8580 x_set_sticky (f
, new_value
, old_value
)
8582 Lisp_Object new_value
, old_value
;
8586 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8587 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8588 "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", NULL
);
8591 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8594 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
)
8597 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8599 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8600 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8602 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8607 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8608 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8609 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8611 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8613 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, NULL
);
8614 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fh
, NULL
);
8615 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fw
, NULL
);
8617 /* If there are _NET_ atoms we assume we have extended window manager
8619 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8621 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8622 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fs
, NULL
);
8624 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8625 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, NULL
);
8627 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8628 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fh
, NULL
);
8630 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8631 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, fh
);
8635 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8639 return have_net_atom
;
8643 XTfullscreen_hook (f
)
8646 if (f
->async_visible
)
8649 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8657 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, event
)
8659 XPropertyEvent
*event
;
8662 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8663 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8664 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8665 long max_len
= 65536;
8666 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8667 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8668 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8673 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8674 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, event
->window
,
8675 event
->atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8676 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8677 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8679 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8681 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8682 x_uncatch_errors ();
8687 x_uncatch_errors ();
8689 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8691 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8692 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8694 if (value
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8695 value
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8697 value
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8699 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8701 if (value
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8702 value
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8704 value
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8706 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
)
8707 value
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8708 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8715 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8718 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8721 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8724 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8729 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8730 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8732 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8736 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8737 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8739 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8742 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8745 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8746 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8748 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8750 int width
= FRAME_COLS (f
), height
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
8751 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8753 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8755 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8756 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8757 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8758 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8759 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8761 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8762 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8764 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8765 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8768 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8770 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8771 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8772 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8777 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8778 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8779 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8780 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8781 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8782 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8783 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8786 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8791 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8793 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8794 window manager window around the frame. */
8796 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8798 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8800 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8805 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8806 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8807 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8809 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8811 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8812 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8814 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8815 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8817 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8820 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8821 frame's position. */
8823 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8827 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8828 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8829 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8830 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8831 of an exact comparison. */
8834 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
8836 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
8840 while (count
++ < 50)
8842 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8844 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8845 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8848 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8849 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8853 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8856 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8857 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8860 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8864 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8865 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8867 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8871 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8873 x_wait_for_event (f
, eventtype
)
8877 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8880 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8881 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8883 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8884 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8886 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8887 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8888 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8889 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8890 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8892 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8894 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8895 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8896 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8898 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8903 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8904 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8906 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8907 break; /* Timeout */
8909 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8910 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8914 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8915 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8916 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8917 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8920 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8925 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8927 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8928 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8929 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8931 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8932 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8933 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8935 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8937 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8938 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8939 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8941 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8942 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8943 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8944 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8947 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8948 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8949 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8950 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8951 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8953 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8954 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8955 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8956 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8958 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8959 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8960 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8961 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8962 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8964 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8967 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8968 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8969 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8970 if (f
->async_visible
)
8971 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8974 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8975 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8976 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8982 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8983 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8984 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8985 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8988 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8995 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8999 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
9000 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
9001 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
9002 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
9003 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
9004 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
9005 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
9006 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9007 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9008 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
9010 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9012 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
9013 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
9014 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
9015 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
9016 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9017 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
9018 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
9022 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
9023 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
9025 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9026 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9028 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9030 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9032 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
9033 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
9035 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
9036 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
9037 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
9038 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
9039 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
9044 /* Mouse warping. */
9047 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
9053 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
9054 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
9056 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
9057 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9059 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
9060 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9064 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9065 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9069 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
9072 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
9078 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9079 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9083 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
9086 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
9090 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
9091 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
9092 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
9093 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9094 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9103 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
9104 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
9105 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
9106 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9110 /* Raise frame F. */
9117 if (f
->async_visible
)
9118 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9120 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9124 /* Lower frame F. */
9130 if (f
->async_visible
)
9133 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9134 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9139 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
9142 x_ewmh_activate_frame (f
)
9145 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9146 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
9148 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
9149 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
9152 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9153 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9154 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
9156 Fcons (make_number (1),
9157 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9163 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
9173 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9176 xembed_set_info (f
, flags
)
9178 enum xembed_info flags
;
9181 unsigned long data
[2];
9183 atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), "_XEMBED_INFO", False
);
9185 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9188 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), atom
, atom
,
9189 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9193 xembed_send_message (f
, time
, message
, detail
, data1
, data2
)
9196 enum xembed_message message
;
9203 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9204 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9205 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9206 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9207 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9208 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9209 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9210 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9211 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9213 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9214 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9215 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9218 /* Change of visibility. */
9220 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9221 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9222 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9223 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9224 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9225 finishes with it. */
9228 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
9232 int original_top
, original_left
;
9233 int retry_count
= 2;
9239 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9241 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9243 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9245 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9246 call x_set_offset a second time
9247 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9248 before the window gets really visible. */
9249 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9250 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9251 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9252 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9254 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9256 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9257 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9258 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9259 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9260 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9263 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9264 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9266 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9268 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9269 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9271 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9272 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9274 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9275 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9276 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9279 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9281 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9282 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9283 so that incoming events are handled. */
9287 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9288 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9289 will set it when they are handled. */
9290 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9292 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9293 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9295 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9298 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9300 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9301 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9302 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9303 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9305 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9306 because the window manager may choose the position
9307 and we don't want to override it. */
9309 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9310 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9311 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9312 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9313 && previously_visible
)
9317 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9321 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9322 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9323 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9324 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9325 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9326 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9327 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9328 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9329 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9331 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9332 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9333 original_left
, original_top
);
9338 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9340 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9341 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9342 MapNotify at all.. */
9343 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9344 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9346 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9349 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9350 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9351 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9352 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9353 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9355 if (input_polling_used ())
9357 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9358 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9359 handler reset it. */
9360 extern void poll_for_input_1 (void);
9361 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9362 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9363 poll_for_input_1 ();
9364 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9367 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9368 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9373 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9377 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9378 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9379 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9380 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9382 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9387 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9389 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9392 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9397 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9398 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9400 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9401 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9402 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9406 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9407 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9408 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9409 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9410 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9411 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9414 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9415 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9418 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9419 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9424 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9425 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9427 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9428 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9432 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9433 just by the event that we get from the server.
9434 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9435 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9436 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9438 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9439 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9440 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9447 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9456 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9457 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9458 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9460 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9465 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9467 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9469 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9472 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9474 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9475 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9477 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9480 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9481 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9487 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9489 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9491 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9492 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9493 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9494 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9495 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9496 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9497 so we have to record it here. */
9500 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9501 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9506 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9507 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9508 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9512 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9514 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9515 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9519 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9521 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9523 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9524 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9525 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9526 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9527 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9528 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9530 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9531 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9533 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9534 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9538 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9539 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9540 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9541 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9542 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9544 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9545 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9547 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9550 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9551 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9555 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9557 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9559 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9561 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9562 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9565 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9566 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9568 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9570 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9574 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9577 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9580 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9582 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9586 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9587 commands to the X server. */
9588 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9590 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9591 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9593 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9594 free_frame_faces (f
);
9596 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9597 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9599 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9600 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9601 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9602 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9603 toolkit scroll bars. */
9604 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9606 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9607 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9616 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9617 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9619 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9620 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9622 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9623 we are using a toolkit. */
9624 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9625 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9627 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9628 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9631 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9632 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9633 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9635 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9636 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9637 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9639 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9641 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9642 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9643 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9645 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9646 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9647 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9648 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9649 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9650 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9652 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9653 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9654 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9655 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9656 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9657 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9658 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9659 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9660 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9661 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9662 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9663 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9664 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9665 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9666 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9669 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9672 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9673 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9674 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9676 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9677 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9678 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9679 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9680 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9681 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9683 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9685 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9686 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9687 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9688 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9689 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9690 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9691 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9698 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9701 x_destroy_window (f
)
9704 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9706 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9707 commands to the X server. */
9708 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9709 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9711 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9715 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9717 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9718 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9719 that the window now has.
9720 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9721 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9722 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9726 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9731 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9732 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9734 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9735 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9737 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9738 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9740 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9741 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9743 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9744 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9745 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9746 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9747 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9748 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9750 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9752 int base_width
, base_height
;
9753 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9755 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9756 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9758 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9760 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9761 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9762 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9763 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9764 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9766 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9767 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9768 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9770 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9771 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9772 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9773 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9774 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9777 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9780 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9785 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9786 long supplied_return
;
9789 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9793 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9798 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9799 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9800 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9801 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9802 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9803 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9804 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9805 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9812 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9813 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9817 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9818 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9820 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9822 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9824 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9826 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9829 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9833 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9836 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9837 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9838 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9839 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9841 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9842 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9844 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9845 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9849 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9853 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9855 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9856 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9861 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9862 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9863 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9864 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9868 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9876 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9880 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9884 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9885 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9886 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9887 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9890 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9892 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9893 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9895 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9899 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9903 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9905 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9906 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9907 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9909 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9913 /***********************************************************************
9915 ***********************************************************************/
9919 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9923 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9929 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9930 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9931 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9934 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9937 /***********************************************************************
9939 ***********************************************************************/
9941 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9942 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9943 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9944 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9946 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9947 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9948 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9950 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9951 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9952 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9953 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9954 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9955 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9956 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9959 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9961 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9963 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9965 static int x_initialized
;
9968 static int x_session_initialized
;
9971 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9972 the screen number from the server number. */
9974 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
9975 const char *name1
, *name2
;
9978 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9979 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9980 int length_until_period
= 0;
9982 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9983 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9984 length_until_period
++;
9986 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9987 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9989 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9991 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9992 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9993 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9994 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9995 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9996 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9997 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9998 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9999 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10000 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10001 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10002 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10003 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10004 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10006 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10010 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10014 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10015 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10018 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10019 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10022 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10023 unsigned long mask
;
10030 while (!(mask
& 1))
10046 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
10047 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
10050 x_display_ok (display
)
10051 const char *display
;
10056 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
10058 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
10066 my_log_handler (log_domain
, log_level
, message
, user_data
)
10067 const gchar
*log_domain
;
10068 GLogLevelFlags log_level
;
10069 const gchar
*message
;
10070 gpointer user_data
;
10072 if (!strstr (message
, "g_set_prgname"))
10073 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, message
);
10077 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
10078 the structure that describes the open display.
10079 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
10081 struct x_display_info
*
10082 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10083 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10085 char *resource_name
;
10089 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10090 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10095 if (!x_initialized
)
10101 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
10102 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
10106 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10108 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10109 char **argv2
= argv
;
10112 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10114 xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
10118 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10122 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10124 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10126 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10127 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10130 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10131 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10133 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10135 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
10136 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
10137 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
10138 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
10139 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10140 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
10142 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10146 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10148 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10149 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10151 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10153 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10154 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10156 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10157 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10159 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10160 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10163 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10164 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10167 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10168 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10169 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10171 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10172 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10173 So let's not use it until R6. */
10174 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10175 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10186 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10187 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10189 turn_on_atimers (0);
10190 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10191 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10192 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10194 turn_on_atimers (1);
10196 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10197 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10202 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10203 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10204 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10205 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10206 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10208 /* Detect failure. */
10215 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10217 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10218 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10220 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10223 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10226 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10227 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10228 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10229 SDATA (display_name
)))
10232 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10235 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10236 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10237 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= Qx
;
10239 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10240 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10241 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10242 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10243 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10245 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10247 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10249 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10250 list of terminals. */
10251 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10252 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10253 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10254 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10256 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10257 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10259 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10260 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10261 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10263 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10264 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10268 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10269 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10270 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10271 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10272 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10274 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10277 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10278 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10279 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10281 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10282 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10283 x_display_name_list
);
10284 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10286 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10288 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10289 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10290 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10291 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10294 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10298 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10299 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10301 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10302 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10304 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10305 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10307 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10309 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10310 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10311 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10313 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10314 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10316 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10317 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10318 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10319 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10321 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10323 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10325 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10327 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10328 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10329 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10330 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10331 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10332 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10333 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10334 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10335 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10336 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10337 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10338 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10339 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10340 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10341 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10342 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10343 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10344 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10345 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10346 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10347 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10348 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10349 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10350 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10351 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10352 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10353 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10354 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10356 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10357 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10358 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10360 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10362 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10363 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10364 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10365 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10366 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10367 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10370 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10371 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10373 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10376 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10377 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10378 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10380 if (STRINGP (value
)
10381 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10382 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10383 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10387 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10388 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10392 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10393 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10394 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10395 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10396 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10398 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10400 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10401 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10405 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10407 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10408 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10409 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10410 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10411 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10412 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10413 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10414 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10415 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10418 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10419 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10420 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10421 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10422 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10423 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10424 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10425 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10426 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10427 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10428 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10429 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10430 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10431 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10432 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10433 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10434 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10435 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10436 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10437 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10438 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10439 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10440 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10441 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10442 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10443 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10444 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10445 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10446 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10447 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10448 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10449 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10450 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10451 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10452 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10453 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10454 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10455 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10456 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10457 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10458 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10459 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10460 /* For properties of font. */
10461 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10462 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10463 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10464 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10465 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10466 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10467 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10468 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10469 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10470 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10472 /* Ghostscript support. */
10473 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10474 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10476 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10479 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_XEMBED",
10482 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
10483 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE", False
);
10484 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
10485 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", False
);
10486 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
10487 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ", False
);
10488 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
10489 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT", False
);
10490 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
10491 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", False
);
10492 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
10493 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", False
);
10494 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
10495 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP", False
);
10497 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10499 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10500 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10501 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10502 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10504 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10505 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10506 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10508 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10509 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10512 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10513 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10515 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10517 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10518 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10522 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10525 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10527 #ifdef subprocesses
10528 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10529 if (connection
!= 0)
10530 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10534 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10535 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10538 if (interrupt_input
)
10539 init_sigio (connection
);
10540 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10544 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10545 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10548 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10549 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10550 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10551 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10552 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10553 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10554 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10555 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10557 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10558 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10559 x_uncatch_errors ();
10563 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10564 for debugging X code. */
10567 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10568 build_string ("synchronous"),
10569 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10571 if (STRINGP (value
)
10572 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10573 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10574 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10579 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10580 build_string ("useXIM"),
10581 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10584 if (STRINGP (value
)
10585 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10586 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10589 if (STRINGP (value
)
10590 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10591 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10597 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10598 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10600 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10601 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10609 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10610 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10613 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10614 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10616 struct terminal
*t
;
10618 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10620 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10621 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10624 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10625 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10628 delete_terminal (t
);
10632 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10634 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10635 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10636 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10637 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10638 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10643 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10644 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10646 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10648 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10651 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10655 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10656 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10658 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10659 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10662 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10664 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10665 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10666 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10669 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10670 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10671 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10675 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10677 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10678 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10679 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10680 that slows us down. */
10683 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10684 struct atimer
*timer
;
10687 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10688 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10690 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10691 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10692 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10693 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10698 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10699 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10700 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10701 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10702 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10703 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10704 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10707 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
10710 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10712 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10714 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10715 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10716 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10721 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10724 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10726 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10728 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10730 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10734 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10736 x_after_update_window_line
,
10737 x_update_window_begin
,
10738 x_update_window_end
,
10744 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10746 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10747 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10748 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10749 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10750 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10751 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10752 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10753 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10754 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10755 x_clear_frame_area
,
10756 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10757 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10758 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10762 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10764 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10766 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10768 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10769 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10770 if (!terminal
->name
)
10775 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10778 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10781 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10782 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10783 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10785 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10786 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10788 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10789 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10790 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10791 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10793 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10794 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10795 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10796 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10797 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10798 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10799 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10800 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10801 leaks in other situations. */
10803 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10804 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10806 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10808 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10809 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10810 closing all the displays. */
10811 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10815 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10817 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10818 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10820 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10822 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10825 /* Mark as dead. */
10826 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10827 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10831 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10832 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10834 static struct terminal
*
10835 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10837 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10839 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10841 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10842 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10843 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10845 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10847 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10848 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10849 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10850 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10851 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10852 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10853 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10854 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10855 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10856 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10857 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10858 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10859 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10860 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10861 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10862 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10863 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10864 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10865 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10866 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10868 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10869 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10871 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10872 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10873 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10874 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10875 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10876 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10888 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10889 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10890 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10892 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10896 current_count
= -1;
10899 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10900 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10902 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10903 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10905 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10907 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10908 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10909 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10910 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10911 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10912 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10913 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10915 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10918 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10920 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10921 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10925 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10926 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10927 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10929 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10930 original error handler. */
10931 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10932 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10934 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10936 xgselect_initialize ();
10943 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10945 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10946 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10948 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10949 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10951 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10952 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10954 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10955 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
10957 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10958 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10961 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10962 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10964 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10965 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10968 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10969 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10970 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10971 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10972 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10973 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10974 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10976 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10978 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10979 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10980 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10981 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10982 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10983 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10984 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10986 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10987 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10988 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10989 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10990 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10991 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10992 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10993 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10994 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10996 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10997 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10998 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10999 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
11000 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11002 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
11003 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11004 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
11006 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
11008 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
11011 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
11014 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
11015 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
11017 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
11018 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
11019 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
11020 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
11021 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11022 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
11023 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11024 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
11025 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11027 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
11028 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11029 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11030 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11031 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11032 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11034 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11035 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11036 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11037 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11038 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11039 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11041 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11042 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11043 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11044 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11045 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11046 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11048 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11049 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11050 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11051 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11052 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11053 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11055 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11056 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11057 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11058 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11059 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11063 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11065 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11066 (do not change this comment) */